annotate runtime/doc/eval.txt @ 75:388f285bda1b

updated for version 7.0031
author vimboss
date Wed, 05 Jan 2005 22:16:17 +0000
parents a97c6902ecd9
children e918d3e340a4
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
1 *eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jan 05
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
7 Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
9 Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
11 Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
12 done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
13 last chapter below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
14
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
15 1. Variables |variables|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
16 2. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
17 3. Internal variable |internal-variables|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
18 4. Builtin Functions |functions|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
19 5. Defining functions |user-functions|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
20 6. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
21 7. Commands |expression-commands|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
22 8. Exception handling |exception-handling|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
23 9. Examples |eval-examples|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
24 10. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
25 11. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
26
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
27 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
28
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
29 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
30 1. Variables *variables*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
31
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
32 There are three types of variables:
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
33
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
34 Number a 32 bit signed number
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
35 String a NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes)
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
36 Funcref a reference to a function |Funcref|
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
37 List an ordered sequence of items |List|
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
38
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
39 The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
40 are used.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
41
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
42 Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
43 the Number. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
44 Number 123 --> String "123"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
45 Number 0 --> String "0"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
46 Number -1 --> String "-1"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
47
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
48 Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
49 to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
50 the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
51 String "456" --> Number 456
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
52 String "6bar" --> Number 6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
53 String "foo" --> Number 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
54 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
55 String "0100" --> Number 64
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
56 String "-8" --> Number -8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
57 String "+8" --> Number 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
58
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
59 To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
60 :echo "0100" + 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
61
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
62 For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
63
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
64 Note that in the command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
65 :if "foo"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
66 "foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
67 use strlen(): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
68 :if strlen("foo")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
69
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
70
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
71 Function references ~
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
72 *Funcref*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
73
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
74 A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
75 in an expression to invoke the function it refers to by using it in the place
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
76 of a function name, before the parenthesis around the arguments. Example: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
77
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
78 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
79 :echo Fn()
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
80
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
81 Note that this doesn't work with |:call|, because its argument is not an
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
82 expression.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
83 The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. A
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
84 Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:".
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
85
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
86
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
87 Lists ~
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
88 *List*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
89 A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
90 can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
91 position in the sequence.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
92
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
93 A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
94 Example: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
95 :let mylist = [1, 'two', 3, "four"]
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
96
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
97 An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
98 two-dimensional List: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
99 :let mylist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
100
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
101 An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
102
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
103 An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
104 after the List: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
105 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
106 <
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
107 *list-index*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
108 Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. A negative index
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
109 is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in the List, -2 to
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
110 the last but one item, etc. >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
111 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
112
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
113 A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
114 separated by a colon in square brackets: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
115 :let smalllist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
116
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
117 Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
118 similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
119 available. >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
120 :let endlist = [2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
121 :let shortlist = [1:1] " List with one item: ['two']
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
122 :let otherlist = [:] " make a copy
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
123
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
124
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
125 More about variables ~
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
126
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
127 If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
128 function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
129
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
130 When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
131 start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
132 stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
133
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
134 When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
135 start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
136 stored in the session file |session-file|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
137
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
138 variable name can be stored where ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
139 my_var_6 not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
140 My_Var_6 session file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
141 MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
142
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
143
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
144 It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
145 |curly-braces-names|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
146
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
147 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
148 2. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
149
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
150 Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
152 |expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
153
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
154 |expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
155
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
156 |expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
157
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
158 |expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
159 expr5 != expr5 not equal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
160 expr5 > expr5 greater than
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
161 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
162 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
163 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
164 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
165 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
166
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
167 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
168 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
169 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
170 matching case
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
171
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
172 |expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
173 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
174 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
176 |expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
177 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
178 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
180 |expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
181 - expr7 unary minus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
182 + expr7 unary plus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
183 expr8
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
184
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
185 |expr8| expr9[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
186 expr9[expr1 : expr2] substring of a String or sublist of a List
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
187
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
188 |expr9| number number constant
26
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
189 "string" string constant, backslash is special
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
190 'string' string constant
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
191 [expr1, ...] List
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
192 &option option value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
193 (expr1) nested expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
194 variable internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
195 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
196 $VAR environment variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
197 @r contents of register 'r'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
198 function(expr1, ...) function call
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
199 Funcref(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
200 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
201
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
202
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
203 ".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
204 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
205 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
206
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
207 All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
208
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
209
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
210 expr1 *expr1* *E109*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
211 -----
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
212
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
213 expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
214
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
215 The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
216 non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
217 otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
218 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
219 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
220
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
221 Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
222 other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
223 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
224 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
226 To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
227 :echo lnum == 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
228 :\ ? "top"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
229 :\ : lnum == 1000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
230 :\ ? "last"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
231 :\ : lnum
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
232
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
233
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
234 expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
235 ---------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
237 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
238 The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
239 are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
240
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
241 input output ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
242 n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
243 zero zero zero zero
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
244 zero non-zero non-zero zero
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
245 non-zero zero non-zero zero
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
246 non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
248 The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
249
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
250 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
251
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
252 Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
254 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
255
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
256 Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
257 arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
258
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
259 let a = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
260 echo a || b
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
261
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
262 This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
263 so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
265 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
266
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
267 This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
268 only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
269
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
270
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
271 expr4 *expr4*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
272 -----
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
273
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
274 expr5 {cmp} expr5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
275
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
276 Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
277 if it evaluates to true.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
278
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
279 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
280 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
281 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
282 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
283 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
284 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
285 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
286 equal == ==# ==?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
287 not equal != !=# !=?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
288 greater than > ># >?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
289 greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
290 smaller than < <# <?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
291 smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
292 regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
293 regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
294
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
295 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
296 "abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
297 "abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
298 "abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
299
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
300 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
301 and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
302 because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
303
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
304 When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
305 results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
306 necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
307
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
308 When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
309 'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
310
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
311 When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
312 'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
314 The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
315 argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
316 This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
317 matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
318 portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
319 single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
320 Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
321 (containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
322 can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
323 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
324 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
325
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
327 expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
328 ---------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
329 expr6 + expr6 .. number addition *expr-+*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
330 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction *expr--*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
331 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation *expr-.*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
332
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
333 expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
334 expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
335 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
336
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
337 For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
338
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
339 Note the difference between "+" and ".":
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
340 "123" + "456" = 579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
341 "123" . "456" = "123456"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
342
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
343 When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
344 When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
345
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
346
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
347 expr7 *expr7*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
348 -----
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
349 ! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
350 - expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
351 + expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
352
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
353 For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
354 For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
355 For '+' the number is unchanged.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
356
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
357 A String will be converted to a Number first.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
359 These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
360 !-1 == 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
361 !!8 == 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
362 --9 == 9
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
363
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
364
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
365 expr8 *expr8*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
366 -----
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
367 expr9[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
368
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
369 If expr9 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
370 expr1'th single byte from expr9. expr9 is used as a String, expr1 as a
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
371 Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
372
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
373 Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
374 text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
375 cursor: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
376 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
377
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
378 If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
379 String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
380 compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
381
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
382 If expr9 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
383 for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
384 error. Example: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
385 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
386
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
387 Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
388 or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
389
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
390 expr9[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
391
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
392 If expr9 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
393 from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr9 is used as a String, expr1a and
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
394 expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
395 encodings.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
396
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
397 If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
398 string minus one is used.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
399
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
400 A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
401 the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
402
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
403 If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
404 expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
405
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
406 Examples: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
407 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
408 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
409 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
410 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
411
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
412 If expr9 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
413 indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
414 above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
415 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
416 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
417 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
418
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
419 Using expr9[expr1] or expr9[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
420
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
421 *expr9*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
422 number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
423 ------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
424 number number constant *expr-number*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
425
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
426 Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
427
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
428
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
429 string *expr-string* *E114*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
430 ------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
431 "string" string constant *expr-quote*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
432
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
433 Note that double quotes are used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
434
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
435 A string constant accepts these special characters:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
436 \... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
437 \.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
438 \. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
439 \x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
440 \x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
441 \X.. same as \x..
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
442 \X. same as \x.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
443 \u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
444 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
445 \U.... same as \u....
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
446 \b backspace <BS>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
447 \e escape <Esc>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
448 \f formfeed <FF>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
449 \n newline <NL>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
450 \r return <CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
451 \t tab <Tab>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
452 \\ backslash
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
453 \" double quote
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
454 \<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
455
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
456 Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
457
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
458
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
459 literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
460 ---------------
26
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
461 'string' string constant *expr-'*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
462
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
463 Note that single quotes are used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
464
26
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
465 This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
466 meaning. A literal-string cannot contain a single quote. Use a normal,
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
467 double-quoted string for that.
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
468
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
469 Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
470 to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
471 if a =~ "\\s*"
404aac550f35 updated for version 7.0017
vimboss
parents: 24
diff changeset
472 if a =~ '\s*'
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
473
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
474
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
475 option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
476 ------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
477 &option option value, local value if possible
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
478 &g:option global option value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
479 &l:option local option value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
480
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
481 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
482 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
483 if &insertmode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
485 Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
486 and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
487 anyway.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
488
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
489
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
490 register *expr-register*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
491 --------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
492 @r contents of register 'r'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
493
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
494 The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
495 Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
496 register use @" or @@. The '=' register can not be used here. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
497 |registers| for an explanation of the available registers.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
498
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
499
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
500 nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
501 -------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
502 (expr1) nested expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
503
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
504
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
505 environment variable *expr-env*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
506 --------------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
507 $VAR environment variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
508
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
509 The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
510 result is an empty string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
511 *expr-env-expand*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
512 Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
513 expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
514 are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
515 the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
516 fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
517 does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
518 :echo $version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
519 :echo expand("$version")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
520 The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
521 variable (if your shell supports it).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
522
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
523
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
524 internal variable *expr-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
525 -----------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
526 variable internal variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
527 See below |internal-variables|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
528
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
529
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
530 function call *expr-function* *E116* *E117* *E118* *E119* *E120*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
531 -------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
532 function(expr1, ...) function call
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
533 See below |functions|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
534
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
536 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
537 3. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
538 *E461*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
539 An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
540 cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
541 |curly-braces-names|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
542
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
543 An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
544 An internal variable is destroyed with the ":unlet" command |:unlet|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
545 Using a name that isn't an internal variable, or an internal variable that has
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
546 been destroyed, results in an error.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
547
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
548 There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
549 specified by what is prepended:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
550
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
551 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
552 |buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
553 |window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
554 |global-variable| g: Global.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
555 |local-variable| l: Local to a function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
556 |script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
557 |function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
558 |vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
559
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
560 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
561 A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
562 Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
563 This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
564 |:bdelete|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
565
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
566 One local buffer variable is predefined:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
567 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
568 b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
569 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
570 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
571 the buffer has changed. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
572 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
573 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
574 : call My_Update()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
575 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
576 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
577 *window-variable* *w:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
578 A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
579 is deleted when the window is closed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
580
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
581 *global-variable* *g:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
582 Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
583 access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
584 place if you like.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
585
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
586 *local-variable* *l:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
587 Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
588 But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
589
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
590 *script-variable* *s:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
591 In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
592 accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
593
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
594 They can be used in:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
595 - commands executed while the script is sourced
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
596 - functions defined in the script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
597 - autocommands defined in the script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
598 - functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
599 defined in the script (recursively)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
600 - user defined commands defined in the script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
601 Thus not in:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
602 - other scripts sourced from this one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
603 - mappings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
604 - etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
605
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
606 script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
607 Take this example:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
608
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
609 let s:counter = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
610 function MyCounter()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
611 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
612 echo s:counter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
613 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
614 command Tick call MyCounter()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
615
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
616 You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
617 that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
618 "Tick" was defined is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
619
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
620 Another example that does the same: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
621
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
622 let s:counter = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
623 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
624
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
625 When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
626 script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
627 defined.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
628
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
629 The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
630 function that is defined in a script. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
631
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
632 let s:counter = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
633 function StartCounting(incr)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
634 if a:incr
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
635 function MyCounter()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
636 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
637 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
638 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
639 function MyCounter()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
640 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
641 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
642 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
643 endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
644
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
645 This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
646 when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
647 called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
648
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
649 When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
650 They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
651 maintain a counter: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
652
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
653 if !exists("s:counter")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
654 let s:counter = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
655 echo "script executed for the first time"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
656 else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
657 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
658 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
659 endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
660
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
661 Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
662 variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
663
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
664
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
665 Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
666
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
667 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
668 v:charconvert_from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
669 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
670 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
671
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
672 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
673 v:charconvert_to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
674 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
675 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
676
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
677 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
678 v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
679 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
680 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
681 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
682 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
683 possible to append this variable directly after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
684 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
685 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
686 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
687 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
688 in 'printexpr'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
689
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
690 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
691 v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
692 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
693 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
694 can be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
695
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
696 *v:count* *count-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
697 v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
698 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
699 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
700 < Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
701 get when typing ':' after a count.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
702 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
703
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
704 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
705 v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
706 used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
707
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
708 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
709 v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
710 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
711 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
712 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
713 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
714 command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
715 See |multi-lang|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
716
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
717 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
718 v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
719 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
720 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
721 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
722 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
723 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
724 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
725 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
726 v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
727 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
728 :let v:errmsg = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
729 :silent! next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
730 :if v:errmsg != ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
731 : ... handle error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
732 < "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
733
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
734 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
735 v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
736 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
737 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
738 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
739 : throw "oops"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
740 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
741 : echo "caught" v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
742 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
743 < Output: "caught oops".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
744
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
745 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
746 v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
747 option used for ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
748 'charconvert' file to be converted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
749 'diffexpr' original file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
750 'patchexpr' original file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
751 'printexpr' file to be printed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
752
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
753 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
754 v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
755 evaluating:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
756 option used for ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
757 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
758 'diffexpr' output of diff
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
759 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
760 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
761 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
762 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
763 file and different from v:fname_in.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
764
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
765 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
766 v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
767 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
769 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
770 v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
771 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
772
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
773 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
774 v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
775 fold.
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
776 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
777
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
778 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
779 v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
780 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
781
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
782 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
783 v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
784 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
785
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
786 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
787 v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
788 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
789
11
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
790 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
791 v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
792 events. Values:
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
793 i Insert mode
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
794 r Replace mode
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
795 v Virtual Replace mode
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
796
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
797 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
798 v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
799 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
800 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
801 The value is system dependent.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
802 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
803 command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
804 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
805 in a different language than what is used for character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
806 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
807
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
808 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
809 v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
810 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
811 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
812 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
813 command. See |multi-lang|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
814
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
815 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
816 v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
817 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
818 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
819
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
820 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
821 v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
822 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
823 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
824 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
825 < Read-only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
826
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
827 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
828 v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
829 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
830 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
831 Read-only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
832
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
833 *v:register* *register-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
834 v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
835 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
836
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
837 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
838 v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
839 Read-only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
840
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
841 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
842 v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
843 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
844 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
845 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
846 executed. Read-only.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
847 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
848 :!mv foo bar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
849 :if v:shell_error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
850 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
851 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
852 < "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
853
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
854 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
855 v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
856
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
857 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
858 v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
859 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
860 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
861 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
862 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
863 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
864 terminal.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
865 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
866 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
867 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
868 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
869 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
870
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
871 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
872 v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
873 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
874 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
875 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
876
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
877 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
878 v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
879 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
880 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
881 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
882 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
883 : throw "oops"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
884 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
885 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
886 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
887 < Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
888
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
889 *v:version* *version-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
890 v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
891 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
892 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
893 compatibility.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
894 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
895 if has("patch123")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
896 < Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
897 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
898 completely different.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
899
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
900 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
901 v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
902
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
903 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
904 4. Builtin Functions *functions*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
905
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
906 See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
907
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
908 (Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
909
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
910 USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
911
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
912 append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
913 append( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
914 argc() Number number of files in the argument list
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
915 argidx() Number current index in the argument list
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
916 argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
917 browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
918 String put up a file requester
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
919 browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
920 bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
921 buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
922 bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
923 bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
924 bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
925 bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
926 byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
927 byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
928 char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
929 cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
930 col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
931 confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
932 Number number of choice picked by user
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
933 copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
934 cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
935 Number checks existence of cscope connection
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
936 cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
937 deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
938 delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
939 did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
940 diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
941 diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
942 escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
943 eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
944 executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
945 exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
946 expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
947 filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
948 findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
949 String Find fine {name} in {path}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
950 filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
951 fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
952 foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
953 foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
954 foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
955 foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
956 foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
957 function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
958 getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
959 getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
960 getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
961 getcmdline() String return the current command-line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
962 getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
963 getcwd() String the current working directory
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
964 getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
965 getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
37
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
966 getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
967 getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
968 getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
969 getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} from current buffer
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
970 getreg( [{regname}]) String contents of register
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
971 getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
972 getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
973 getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
974 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
975 glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
976 globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
977 has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
978 hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
979 histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
980 histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
981 histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
982 histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
983 hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
984 hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
985 hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
986 iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
987 indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
988 input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
989 inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
990 inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
991 inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
992 inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
993 insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
994 isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
995 len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
996 libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
997 libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
998 line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
999 line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1000 lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1001 localtime() Number current time
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1002 maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1003 mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1004 match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1005 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1006 matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1007 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1008 matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1009 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1010 mode() String current editing mode
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1011 nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1012 nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1013 prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1014 remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1015 String send expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1016 remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1017 remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1018 Number check for reply string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1019 remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1020 remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1021 String send key sequence
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1022 remove( {list}, {idx}) any remove item {idx} from {list}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1023 rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1024 repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1025 resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1026 search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1027 searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1028 Number search for other end of start/end pair
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1029 server2client( {clientid}, {string})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1030 Number send reply string
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1031 serverlist() String get a list of available servers
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1032 setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1033 setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1034 setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1035 setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1036 setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1037 simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1038 strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1039 stridx( {haystack}, {needle}) Number first index of {needle} in {haystack}
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1040 string( {expr}) String {expr} converted to a String
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1041 strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1042 strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1043 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1044 strridx( {haystack}, {needle}) Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1045 strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1046 submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1047 substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1048 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1049 synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1050 synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1051 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1052 synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
24
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
1053 system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1054 tempname() String name for a temporary file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1055 tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1056 toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
1057 tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
1058 to chars in {tostr}
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1059 type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1060 virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1061 visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1062 winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1063 wincol() Number window column of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1064 winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1065 winline() Number window line of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1066 winnr() Number number of current window
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1067 winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1068 winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1069
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1070 append({expr1}, {expr2}) *append()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1071 If {expr1} is a List: Append the item {expr2} to List {expr1}.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1072 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1073 :let alist = append([1, 2, 3], item)
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1074 :call append(mylist, "woodstock")
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1075 < Note that when {expr2} is a List it is appended as a single
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1076 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1077
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1078 When {expr1} is not a List: Append the text {expr2} after line
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1079 {expr1} in the current buffer. {expr1} can be zero, to insert
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1080 a line before the first one. Returns 1 for failure ({expr1}
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1081 out of range or out of memory), 0 for success. Example: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1082 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1083 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1084 *argc()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1085 argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1086 current window. See |arglist|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1087
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1088 *argidx()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1089 argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1090 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1091
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1092 *argv()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1093 argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1094 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1095 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1096 :let i = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1097 :while i < argc()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1098 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1099 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1100 : let i = i + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1101 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1102 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1103 *browse()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1104 browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1106 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1107 The input fields are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1108 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1109 {title} title for the requester
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1110 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1111 {default} default file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1112 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1113 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1114
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1115 *browsedir()*
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1116 browsedir({title}, {initdir})
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1117 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1118 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1119 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1120 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1121 to be used.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1122 The input fields are:
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1123 {title} title for the requester
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1124 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1125 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1126 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1127
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1128 bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1129 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1130 {expr} exists.
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1131 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1132 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1133 exactly. The name can be:
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1134 - Relative to the current directory.
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1135 - A full path.
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1136 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1137 - A URL name.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1138 Unlisted buffers will be found.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1139 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1140 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1141 long name to be able to find them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1142 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1143 file name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1144 *buffer_exists()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1145 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1146
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1147 buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1148 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1149 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1150 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1151
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1152 bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1153 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1154 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
1155 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1156
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1157 bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1158 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1159 ":ls" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1160 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1161 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1162 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1163 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1164 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1165 match an empty string is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1166 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1167 alternate buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1168 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1169 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1170 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1171 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1172 buffers are searched for.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1173 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1174 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1175 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1176 < If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1177 string is returned. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1178 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1179 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1180 bufname("%") name of current buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1181 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1182 < *buffer_name()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1183 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1184
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1185 *bufnr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1186 bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1187 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1188 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1189 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1190 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1191 < The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1192 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1193 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1194 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1195 *buffer_number()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1196 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1197 *last_buffer_nr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1198 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1199
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1200 bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1201 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1202 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1203 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1204 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1205
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1206 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1207
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1208 < The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1209 |:wincmd|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1210
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1211
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1212 byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1213 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1214 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1215 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1216 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1217 one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1218 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1219 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1220 feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1221
18
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1222 byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1223 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1224 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1225 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1226 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1227 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1228 Example : >
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1229 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1230 < will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1231 same: >
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1232 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1233 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1234 < If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1235 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1236 is returned.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
1237
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1238 char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1239 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1240 char2nr(" ") returns 32
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1241 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1242 < The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1243 char2nr("á") returns 225
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1244 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1245
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1246 cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1247 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1248 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1249 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1250 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1251 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1252 feature, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1253
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1254 *col()*
24
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
1255 col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1256 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1257 . the cursor position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1258 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1259 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1260 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1261 returned)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1262 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1263 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1264 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1265 col(".") column of cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1266 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1267 col("'t") column of mark t
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1268 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1269 < The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1270 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1271 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1272 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1273 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1274 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1275 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1276 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1277 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1278 *confirm()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1279 confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1280 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1281 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1282 choice this is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1283 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1284 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1285 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1286 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1287 used (and translated).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1288 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1289 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1290 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1291 by '\n', e.g. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1292 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1293 < The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1294 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1295 not need to be the first letter: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1296 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1297 < For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1298 the default shortcut key.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1299 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1300 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1301 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1302 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1303 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1304 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1305 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1306 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1307 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1308 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1309 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1310
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1311 An example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1312 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1313 :if choice == 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1314 : echo "make up your mind!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1315 :elseif choice == 3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1316 : echo "tasteful"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1317 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1318 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1319 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1320 < In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1321 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1322 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1323 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1324 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1325 the horizontal layout is always used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1326
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1327 *copy()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1328 copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1329 different from using {expr} directly.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1330 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1331 that the original List can be changed without changing the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1332 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1333 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1334 |deepcopy()|.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1335
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1336 *cscope_connection()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1337 cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1338 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1339 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1340 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1341 if there are no cscope connections;
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1342 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1343
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1344 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1345 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1346
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1347 {num} Description of existence check
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1348 ----- ------------------------------
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1349 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1350 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1351 {dbpath}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1352 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1353 {dbpath}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1354 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1355 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1356 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1357 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1359 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1360
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1361 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1362
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1363 # pid database name prepend path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1364 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1365 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1366 Invocation Return Val ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1367 ---------- ---------- >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1368 cscope_connection() 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1369 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1370 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1371 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1372 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1373 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1374 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1375 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1376 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1377 cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1378 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1379 Does not change the jumplist.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1380 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1381 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1382 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1383 If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1384 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1385 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1386 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1387
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1388
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1389 deepcopy({expr}) *deepcopy()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1390 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1391 different from using {expr} directly.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1392 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1393 that the original List can be changed without changing the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1394 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1395 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1396 not change the contents of the original List.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1397 Also see |copy()|.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1398
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1399 delete({fname}) *delete()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1400 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1401 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1402 when the deletion failed.
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1403 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1404
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1405 *did_filetype()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1406 did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1407 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1408 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1409 that detect the file type. |FileType|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1410 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1411 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1412 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1413 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1414 file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1415
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1416 diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1417 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1418 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1419 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1420 display but don't exist in the buffer.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1421 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1422 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1423 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1424
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1425 diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1426 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1427 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1428 diff change zero is returned.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1429 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1430 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1431 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1432 line.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1433 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1434 syntax information about the highlighting.
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
1435
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1436 escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1437 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1438 backslash. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1439 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1440 < results in: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1441 c:\\program\ files\\vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1442 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1443 eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1444 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1445 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1446 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1447 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1449 executable({expr}) *executable()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1450 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1451 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
10
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1452 arguments.
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1453 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1454 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1455 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1456 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1457 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1458 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1459 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1460 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1461 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1462 extension.
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1463 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
4e2284e71352 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 9
diff changeset
1464 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1465 The result is a Number:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1466 1 exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1467 0 does not exist
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1468 -1 not implemented on this system
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1469
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1470 *exists()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1471 exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1472 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1473 which contains one of these:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1474 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1475 not if it really works)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1476 +option-name Vim option that works.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1477 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1478 done by comparing with an empty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1479 string)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1480 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1481 or user defined function (see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1482 |user-functions|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1483 varname internal variable (see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1484 |internal-variables|). Does not work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1485 for |curly-braces-names|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1486 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1487 command or command modifier |:command|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1488 Returns:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1489 1 for match with start of a command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1490 2 full match with a command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1491 3 matches several user commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1492 To check for a supported command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1493 always check the return value to be 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1494 #event autocommand defined for this event
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1495 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1496 pattern (the pattern is taken
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1497 literally and compared to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1498 autocommand patterns character by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1499 character)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1500 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1502 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1503 exists("&shortname")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1504 exists("$HOSTNAME")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1505 exists("*strftime")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1506 exists("*s:MyFunc")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1507 exists("bufcount")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1508 exists(":Make")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1509 exists("#CursorHold");
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1510 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1511 < There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1512 name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1513 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1514 variable itself! For example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1515 exists(bufcount)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1516 < This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1517 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1518 exists.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1520 expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1521 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1522 The result is a String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1523
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1524 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1525 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1526 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1527
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1528 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1529 for a non-existing file is not included.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1530
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1531 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1532 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1533 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1534
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1535 % current file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1536 # alternate file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1537 #n alternate file name n
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1538 <cfile> file name under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1539 <afile> autocmd file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1540 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1541 <amatch> autocmd matched name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1542 <sfile> sourced script file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1543 <cword> word under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1544 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1545 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1546 message |server2client()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1547 Modifiers:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1548 :p expand to full path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1549 :h head (last path component removed)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1550 :t tail (last path component only)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1551 :r root (one extension removed)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1552 :e extension only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1553
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1555 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1556 < Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1557 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1558 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1559 < Use this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1560 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1561 < Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1562 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1563 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1564 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1565 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1566 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1567 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1568 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1569 to modify normal file names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1570
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1571 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1572 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1573 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1574 '/' added.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1575
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1576 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1577 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1578 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1579 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1580 non-existing files are included.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1581
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1582 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1583 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1584 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1585 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1586 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1587 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1588 "$FOOBAR".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1589
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1590 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1591 getting the raw output of an external command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1592
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1593 filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1594 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1595 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1596 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1597 expression, which is used as a String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1598 *file_readable()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1599 Obsolete name: file_readable().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1600
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1601 finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1602 Find directory {name} in {path}.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1603 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1604 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1605 {name} in {path}.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1606 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1607 When the found directory is below the current directory a
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1608 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1609 Example: >
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1610 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1611 < Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1612 the file "tags.vim".
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1613 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1614
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1615 findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1616 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
1617
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1618 filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1619 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1620 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1621 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1622 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1623
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1624 fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1625 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1626 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1627 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1628 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1629 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1630 < results in: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1631 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1632 < Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1633 |expand()| first then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1634
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1635 foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1636 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1637 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1638 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1639
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1640 foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1641 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1642 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1643 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1644
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1645 foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1646 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1647 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1648 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1649 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1650 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1651 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1652 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1653 previous line is usually available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1654
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1655 *foldtext()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1656 foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1657 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1658 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1659 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1660 The returned string looks like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1661 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1662 < The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1663 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1664 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1665 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1666 options is removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1667 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1668
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1669 foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1670 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1671 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1672 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1673 returned.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1674 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1675 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1676 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1677 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
1678
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1679 *foreground()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1680 foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1681 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1682 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1683 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1684 |remote_foreground()| instead.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1685 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1686 Win32 console version}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1687
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1688 function({name}) *function()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1689 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1690 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
1691
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1692 getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1693 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1694 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1695 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1696 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1697 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1698 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1699 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1700 not consumed. If a normal character is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1701 available, it is returned, otherwise a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1702 non-zero value is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1703 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1704 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1705 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1706 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1707 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1708 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1709 user that a character has to be typed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1710 There is no mapping for the character.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1711 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1712 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1713 sequence. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1714 getchar() == "\<Del>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1715 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1716 < This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1717 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1718 :function FindChar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1719 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1720 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1721 : normal l
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1722 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1723 : break
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1724 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1725 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1726 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1727
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1728 getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1729 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1730 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1731 These values are added together:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1732 2 shift
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1733 4 control
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1734 8 alt (meta)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1735 16 mouse double click
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1736 32 mouse triple click
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1737 64 mouse quadruple click
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1738 128 Macintosh only: command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1739 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1740 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1741 with no modifier.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1742
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1743 getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1744 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1745 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1746 must be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1747 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1748 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1749 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1750 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1751 returned, there is no error message.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1752 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1753 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1754 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1755 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1756 getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1757 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1758 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1759 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1760 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1761 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1762 < Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1763
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1764 getcmdpos({pos}) *getcmdpos()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1765 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1766 byte count. The first column is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1767 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1768 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1769 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1770
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1771 *getcwd()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1772 getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1773 working directory.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1774
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1775 getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1776 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1777 given file {fname}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1778 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1779 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1780
37
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1781 getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1782 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1783 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1784 |hl-Normal|.
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1785 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1786 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1787 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1788 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1789 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1790 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1791 for a valid name does not work.
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1792 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1793 function just after the GUI has started.
fdf55076c53f updated for version 7.0022
vimboss
parents: 33
diff changeset
1794
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1795 getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1796 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1797 permissions of the given file {fname}.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1798 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1799 empty string is returned.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1800 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1801 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1802 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1803 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1804 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1805 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1806 < This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1807 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1808
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1809 getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1810 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1811 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1812 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1813 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1814 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1815
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1816 getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1817 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1818 file of the given file {fname}.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1819 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1820 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1821 results:
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1822 Normal file "file"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1823 Directory "dir"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1824 Symbolic link "link"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1825 Block device "bdev"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1826 Character device "cdev"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1827 Socket "socket"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1828 FIFO "fifo"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1829 All other "other"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1830 Example: >
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1831 getftype("/home")
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1832 < Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1833 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1834 "file" are returned.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
1835
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1836 *getline()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1837 getline({lnum}) The result is a String, which is line {lnum} from the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1838 buffer. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1839 getline(1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1840 < When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1841 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1842 To get the line under the cursor: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1843 getline(".")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1844 < When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1845 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1846
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1847 getreg([{regname}]) *getreg()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1848 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1849 {regname}. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1850 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1851 < getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1852 register. (For use in maps).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1853 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1854
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1855 getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1856 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1857 The value will be one of:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1858 "v" for |characterwise| text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1859 "V" for |linewise| text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1860 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1861 0 for an empty or unknown register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1862 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1863 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1864
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1865 *getwinposx()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1866 getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1867 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1868 -1 if the information is not available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1870 *getwinposy()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1871 getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1872 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1873 information is not available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1874
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1875 getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1876 The result is the value of option or local window variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1877 {varname} in window {nr}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1878 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1879 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1880 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1881 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1882 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1883 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1884 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1885 *glob()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1886 glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1887 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1888 characters.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1889 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1890 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1891
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1892 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1893 any external command. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1894 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1895 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1896 < The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1897 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1899 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1900 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1901
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1902 globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1903 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1904 the results. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1905 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1906 < {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1907 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1908 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1909 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1910 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1911 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1912 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1913 error message.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1914 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1915 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1917 *has()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1918 has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1919 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1920 string. See |feature-list| below.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1921 Also see |exists()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1922
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1923 hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1924 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1925 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1926 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1927 {mode}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1928 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1929 buffer are checked for a match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1930 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1931 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1932 n Normal mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1933 v Visual mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1934 o Operator-pending mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1935 i Insert mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1936 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1937 c Command-line mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1938 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1939
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1940 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1941 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1942 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1943 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1944 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1945 < This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1946 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1947
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1948 histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1949 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1950 one of: *hist-names*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1951 "cmd" or ":" command line history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1952 "search" or "/" search pattern history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1953 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1954 "input" or "@" input line history
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1955 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1956 shifted to become the newest entry.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1957 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1958 otherwise 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1959
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1960 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1961 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1962 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1963 < This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1964
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1965 histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1966 Clear {history}, ie. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1967 for the possible values of {history}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1968
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1969 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1970 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1971 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1972 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1973 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1974 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1975 if it exists.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1976
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1977 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1978 otherwise 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1979
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1980 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1981 Clear expression register history: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1982 :call histdel("expr")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1983 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1984 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1985 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1986 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1987 The following three are equivalent: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1988 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1989 :call histdel("search", -1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1990 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1991 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1992 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1993 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1994 :call histdel("search", -1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1995 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1996
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1997 histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1998 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
1999 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2000 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2001 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2002 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2004 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2005 Redo the second last search from history. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2006 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2007
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2008 < Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2009 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2010 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2011 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2012 histnr({history}) *histnr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2013 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2014 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2015 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2017 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2018 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2019 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2020 hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2021 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2022 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2023 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2024 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2025 item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2026 *highlight_exists()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2027 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2028
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2029 *hlID()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2030 hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2031 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2032 zero is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2033 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2034 group. For example, to get the background color of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2035 "Comment" group: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2036 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2037 < *highlightID()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2038 Obsolete name: highlightID().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2039
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2040 hostname() *hostname()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2041 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2042 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2043 256 characters long are truncated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2044
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2045 iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2046 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2047 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2048 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2049 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2050 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2051 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2052 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2053 can be done.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2054 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2055 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2056 UTF-8 and use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2057 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2058 < Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2059 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2060 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2061 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2062
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2063 *indent()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2064 indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2065 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2066 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2067 |getline()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2068 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2069
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2070 input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2071 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2072 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2073 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2074 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2075 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2076 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2077 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2078 input().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2079 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2080 default reply, as if the user typed this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2081 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2082 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2083 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2084 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2085 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2086 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2087 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2088 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2089 |:execute| or |:normal|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2090
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2091 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2092 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2093 : echo "Cheers!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2094 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2095 < Example with default text: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2096 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2097 < Example with a mapping: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2098 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2099 :function GetFoo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2100 : call inputsave()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2101 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2102 : call inputrestore()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2103 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2104
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2105 inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2106 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2107 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2108 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2109 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2110 :if n != ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2111 : let &sw = n
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2112 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2113 < When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2114 omitted an empty string is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2115 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2116 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2117
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2118 inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2119 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2120 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2121 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2122 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2124 inputsave() *inputsave()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2125 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2126 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2127 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2128 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2129 many inputrestore() calls.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2130 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2131
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2132 inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2133 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2134 two exceptions:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2135 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2136 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2137 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2138 |history| stack.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2139 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2140 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2141
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2142 insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2143 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2144 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2145 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2146 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2147 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2148 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2149 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2150 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2151 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2152 < The last example can be done simpler with |append()|.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2153 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2154 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2155
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2156 isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2157 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2158 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2159 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2160 is any expression, which is used as a String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2161
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2162 *len()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2163 len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2164 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2165 used, as with |strlen()|.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2166 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2167 returned.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2168 Otherwise an error is given.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2169
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2170 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2171 libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2172 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2173 with single argument {argument}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2174 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2175 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2176 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2177 limited.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2178 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2179 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2180 to Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2181 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2182 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2183 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2184 null-terminated string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2185 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2186
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2187 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2188 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2189 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2190 very probably crash.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2191
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2192 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2193 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2194 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2195 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2196 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2197 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2198 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2199 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2200 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2201 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2202
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2203 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2204 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2205 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2206 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2207 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2208 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2209 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2210 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2211 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2212 feature is present}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2213 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2214 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2215 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2216 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2217 *libcallnr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2218 libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2220 int instead of a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2221 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2222 feature is present}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2223 Example (not very useful...): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2224 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2225 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2226 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2227 *line()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2228 line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2229 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2230 . the cursor position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2231 $ the last line in the current buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2232 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2233 returned)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2234 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2235 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2236 line(".") line number of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2237 line("'t") line number of mark t
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2238 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2239 < *last-position-jump*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2240 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2241 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2242 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
2243
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2244 line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2245 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2246 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2247 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2248 line returns 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2249 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2250 below the last line: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2251 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2252 < This is the file size plus one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2253 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2254 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2255 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2256
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2257 lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2258 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2259 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2260 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2261 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2262 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2263 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2265 localtime() *localtime()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2266 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2267 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2269 maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2270 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2271 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2272 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2273 "n" Normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2274 "v" Visual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2275 "o" Operator-pending
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2276 "i" Insert
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2277 "c" Cmd-line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2278 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2279 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2280 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2281 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2282 command. The returned String has special characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2283 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2284 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2285 then the global mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2286
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2287 mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2288 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2289 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2290 {name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2291 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2292 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2293
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2294 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2295 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2296 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2297 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2298 mapcheck("b") no no no
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2299
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2300 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2301 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2302 mapping for {name} exactly.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2303 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2304 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2305 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2306 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2307 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2308 then the global mappings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2309 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2310 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2311 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2312 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2313 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2314 < This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2315 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2316
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2317 match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2318 The result is a Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2319 {expr} where {pat} matches.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2320 A match at the first character returns zero.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2321 If there is no match -1 is returned.
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2322 Example: >
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2323 :echo match("testing", "ing")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2324 < results in "4".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2325 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2326 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2327 is found the search for the next one starts on character
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2328 further. Thus this example results in 1: >
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2329 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2330 < If {start} is given, the search starts from index {start}.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2331 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2332 first character. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2333 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2334 < result is again "4". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2335 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2336 < result is again "4". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2337 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2338 < result is "3".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2339 If {start} < 0, it will be set to 0.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2340 If {start} > strlen({expr}) -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2341 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2342 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2343 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2344 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2345
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2346 matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2347 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2348 the match. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2349 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2350 < results in "7".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2351 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2352 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2353 < results in "7". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2354 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2355 < result is "-1".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2356
19
a81bc802c17c updated for version 7.0011
vimboss
parents: 18
diff changeset
2357 matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2358 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2359 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2360 < results in "ing".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2361 When there is no match "" is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2362 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2363 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2364 < results in "ing". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2365 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2366 < result is "".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2368 *mode()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2369 mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2370 n Normal
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2371 v Visual by character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2372 V Visual by line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2373 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2374 s Select by character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2375 S Select by line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2376 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2377 i Insert
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2378 R Replace
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2379 c Command-line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2380 r Hit-enter prompt
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2381 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2382 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2383
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2384 nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2385 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2386 that is not blank. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2387 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2388 < When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2389 below it, zero is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2390 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2391
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2392 nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2393 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2394 value {expr}. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2395 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2396 nr2char(32) returns " "
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2397 < The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2398 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2399 < Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2400 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2401 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2402 string, thus isn't very useful.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2403
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2404 prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2405 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2406 that is not blank. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2407 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2408 < When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2409 above it, zero is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2410 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2411
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2412 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2413 remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2414 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2415 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2416 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2417 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2418 remote_read() is stored there.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2419 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2420 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2421 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2422 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2423 and the result will be the empty string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2424 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2425 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2426 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2427 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2428
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2429 remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2430 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2431 This works like: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2432 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2433 < Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2434 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2435 to bring itself to the foreground.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2436 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2437 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Win32 console version}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2439
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2440
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2441 remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2442 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2443 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2444 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2445 name of a variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2446 Returns zero if none are available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2447 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2448 See also |clientserver|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2449 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2450 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2451 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2452 :let repl = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2453 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2454
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2455 remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2456 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2457 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2458 See also |clientserver|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2459 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2460 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2461 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2462 :echo remote_read(id)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2463 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2464 *remote_send()* *E241*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2465 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 20
diff changeset
2466 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 20
diff changeset
2467 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 20
diff changeset
2468 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2469 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2470 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2471 remote_read() is stored there.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2472 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2473 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2474 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2475 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2476 up the display.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2478 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2479 \ remote_read(serverid)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2480
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2481 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2482 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2483 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2484 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2485
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2486
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2487 remove({list}, {idx}) *remove()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2488 Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and return it.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2489 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx}.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2490 Example: >
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2491 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2492 < Use |delete()| to remove a file.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2493
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2494 rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2495 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2496 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2497 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2498 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2499 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2500
18
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2501 repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2502 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2503 result. Example: >
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2504 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2505 < When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
293621502c4d updated for version 7.0010
vimboss
parents: 15
diff changeset
2506
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2507 resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2508 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2509 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2510 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2511 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2512 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2513 stopped after 100 iterations.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2514 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2515 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2516 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2517 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2518 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2519
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2520 search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2521 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2522 cursor position.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2523 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2524 'b' search backward instead of forward
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2525 'n' do Not move the cursor
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2526 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2527 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2528 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2529
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2530 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2531 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2532 flag is used).
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2533 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
2534 move. No error message is given.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2536 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2537 :let n = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2538 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2539 : exe "argument " . n
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2540 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2541 : " first search to find match at start of file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2542 : normal G$
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2543 : let flags = "w"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2544 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2545 : s/foo/bar/g
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2546 : let flags = "W"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2547 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2548 : update " write the file if modified
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2549 : let n = n + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2550 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2551 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2552 *searchpair()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2553 searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2554 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2555 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2556 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2557 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2558 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2559 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2560 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2561
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2562 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2563 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2564 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2565 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2566 typical use is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2567 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2568 < By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2569
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2570 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2571 'n' do Not move the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2572 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2573 outer pair
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2574 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2575 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2576
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2577 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2578 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2579 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2580 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2581 or a string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2582 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2583 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2584 and -1 returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2585
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2586 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2587 patterns are used like it's on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2588
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2589 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2590 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2591 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2592 if 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2593 if 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2594 endif 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2595 endif 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2596 < When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2597 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2598 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2599 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2600 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2601 "endif 2".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2602 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2603 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2604 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2605 the matching start.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2606
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2607 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2608
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2609 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2610 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2611
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2612 < The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2613 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2614 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2615 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2616 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2617 match.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2618 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2619
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2620 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2621
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2622 < This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2623 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2624 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2625
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2626 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2627 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2628 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2629 server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2630 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2631 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2632 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2633 Note:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2634 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2635 received. Ie. before returning from the received command and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2636 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2637 See also |clientserver|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2638 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2639 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2640 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2641 serverlist() *serverlist()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2642 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2643 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2644 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2645 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2646 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2647 :echo serverlist()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2648 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2649 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2650 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2651 {val}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2652 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2653 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2654 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2655 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2656 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2657 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2658 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2659 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2660 < This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2661
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2662 setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2663 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2664 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2665 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2667 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. The position is set after the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2668 command line is set to the expression.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2669 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2670 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2671 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2672 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2674 setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2675 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}. If this
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2676 succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely because
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2677 {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2678 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2679 < Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2680
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2681 *setreg()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2682 setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2683 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2684 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2685 then the value is appended.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2686 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2687 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2688 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2689 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2690 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2691 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2692 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2693 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2694
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2695 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2696 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2697 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2698 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2699
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2700 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2701 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2702 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2703 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2704
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2705 < This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2706 register. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2707 :let var_a = getreg('a')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2708 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2709 ....
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2710 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2712 < You can also change the type of a register by appending
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2713 nothing: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2714 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2715
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2716 setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2717 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2718 {val}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2719 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2720 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2721 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2722 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2723 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2724 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2725 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2726 < This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2727
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2728 simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2729 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2730 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2731 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2732 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2733 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2734 not removed either.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2735 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2736 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2737 < Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2738 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2739 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2740 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2741 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2742
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2743 strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2744 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2745 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2746 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2747 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2748 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2749 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2750 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2751 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2752 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2753 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2754 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2755 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2756 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2757 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2758 Show mod time of file.c.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2759 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2760 stridx({haystack}, {needle}) *stridx()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2761 The result is a Number, which gives the index in {haystack} of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2762 the first occurrence of the String {needle} in the String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2763 {haystack}. The search is done case-sensitive. For advanced
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2764 searches use |match()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2765 If the {needle} does not occur in {haystack} it returns -1.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2766 See also |strridx()|. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2767 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2768 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2769 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2770 <
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2771 *string()*
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2772 string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2773 {expr} type result ~
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2774 String identical
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2775 Number decimal representation
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2776 Funcref name of the function
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
2777 List "[item, item]" form
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2778
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2779 *strlen()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2780 strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2781 {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2782 multi-byte characters use something like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2783
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2784 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2785
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2786 < Composing characters are not counted.
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2787 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2788 For other types an error is given.
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
2789 Also see |len()|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2790
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2791 strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2792 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2793 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2794 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2795 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2796 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2797 end of the {src}. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2798 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2799 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2800 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2801 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2802 < Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2803 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2804 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2805 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2806 strridx({haystack}, {needle}) *strridx()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2807 The result is a Number, which gives the index in {haystack} of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2808 the last occurrence of the String {needle} in the String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2809 {haystack}. The search is done case-sensitive. For advanced
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2810 searches use |match()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2811 If the {needle} does not occur in {haystack} it returns -1.
22
cc049b00ee70 updated for version 7.0014
vimboss
parents: 20
diff changeset
2812 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2813 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2814 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2815 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2816 strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2817 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2818 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2820 echo strtrans(@a)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2821 < This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2822 starting a new line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2823
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2824 submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2825 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2826 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2827 the whole matched text is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2828 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2829 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2830 < This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2831 A line break is included as a newline character.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2832
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2833 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2834 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2835 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2836 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2837 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2838 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2839 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2840 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2841 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2842 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2843 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2844 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2845 unmodified.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2846 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2847 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2848 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2849 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2850 < This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2851 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2852 < results in "TESTING".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2853
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
2854 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2855 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
2856 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2857 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2858 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
32
41f9fd58cf13 updated for version 7.0019
vimboss
parents: 29
diff changeset
2859 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2860 line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2861 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2862 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2863 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2864 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2865 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2866 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2867 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2868
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2869 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2870 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2871 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2872 synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2873 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2874 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2875 about a syntax item.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2876 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2877 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2878 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2879 used (GUI, cterm or term).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2880 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2881 {what} result
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2882 "name" the name of the syntax item
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2883 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2884 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2885 term: empty string)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2886 "bg" background color (like "fg")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2887 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2888 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2889 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2890 "bold" "1" if bold
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2891 "italic" "1" if italic
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2892 "reverse" "1" if reverse
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2893 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2894 "underline" "1" if underlined
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2895
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2896 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2897 cursor): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2898 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2899 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2900 synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2901 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2902 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2903 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2904 ":highlight link" are followed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2905
24
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2906 system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2907 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2908 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2909 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2910 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2911 yourself.
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2912 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2913 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
8ff7fd162d3c updated for version 7.0016
vimboss
parents: 22
diff changeset
2914 trouble.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2915 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2916 The result is a String. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2917
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2918 :let files = system("ls")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2919
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2920 < To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2921 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2922 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2923 The command executed is constructed using several options:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2924 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2925 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2926 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2927 concatenated commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2928
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2929 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2930 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2931 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2932 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2933
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2934 tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2935 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2936 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2937 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2938 :let tmpfile = tempname()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2939 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2940 < For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2941 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2942 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2943 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2944 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2945 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2946
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2947 tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2948 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2949 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2950 the string).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2951
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2952 toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2953 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2954 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2955 the string).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2956
15
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2957 tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2958 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2959 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2960 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2961 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2962 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2963 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2964
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2965 Examples: >
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2966 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2967 < returns "Hello THere" >
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2968 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2969 < returns "{blob}"
631143ac4a01 updated for version 7.0007
vimboss
parents: 14
diff changeset
2970
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2971 type({expr}) *type()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2972 The result is a Number:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2973 0 if {expr} has the type Number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2974 1 if {expr} has the type String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2975
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2976 virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2977 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2978 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2979 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2980 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2981 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2982 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2983 set to 8, it returns 8.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2984 For the byte position use |col()|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2985 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2986 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2987 The accepted positions are:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2988 . the cursor position
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2989 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2990 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2991 plus one)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2992 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2993 returned)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2994 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2995 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2996 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2997 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2998 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
2999 < The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3000
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3001 visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3002 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3003 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3004 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3005 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3006 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3007 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3008 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3009 < This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3010 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3011 Visual mode that was used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3012
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3013 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3014 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3015 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3016 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3017
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3018 *winbufnr()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3019 winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3020 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3021 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3022 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3023 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3024 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3025 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3026 *wincol()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3027 wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3028 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3029 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3030
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3031 winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3032 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3033 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3034 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3035 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3036 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3037 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3038 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3039 *winline()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3040 winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3041 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3042 the window. The first line is one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3043
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3044 *winnr()*
20
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3045 winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3046 window. The top window has number 1.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3047 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3048 last window is returnd (the window count).
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3049 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3050 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3051 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3052 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4ac1dce8dd5e updated for version 7.0012
vimboss
parents: 19
diff changeset
3053 |:wincmd|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3054
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3055 *winrestcmd()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3056 winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3057 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3058 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3059 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3060 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3061 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3062 :exe cmd
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3063
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3064 winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3065 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3066 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3067 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3068 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3069 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3070 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3071 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3072 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3073 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3074 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3075
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3076 *feature-list*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3077 There are three types of features:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3078 1. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3079 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3080 :if has("cindent")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3081 2. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3082 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3083 :if has("gui_running")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3084 < *has-patch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3085 3. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3086 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3087 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3088 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3089
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3090 all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3091 amiga Amiga version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3092 arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3093 arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3094 autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3095 balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3096 beos BeOS version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3097 browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3098 work.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3099 builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3100 byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3101 cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3102 clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3103 clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3104 cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3105 cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3106 cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3107 comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3108 cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3109 cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3110 compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3111 debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3112 dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3113 dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3114 diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3115 digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3116 dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3117 dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3118 dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3119 ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3120 emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3121 eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3122 true, of course!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3123 ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3124 extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3125 |'hlsearch'|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3126 farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3127 file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3128 find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3129 |+find_in_path|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3130 fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3131 Windows this is not present).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3132 folding Compiled with |folding| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3133 footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3134 fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3135 gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3136 gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3137 gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
3138 gui_beos Compiled with BeOS GUI.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3139 gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3140 gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
11
4424b47a0797 updated for version 7.0003
vimboss
parents: 10
diff changeset
3141 gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3142 gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3143 gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3144 gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3145 gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3146 gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3147 gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3148 hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3149 iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3150 insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3151 Insert mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3152 jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3153 keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3154 langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3155 libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3156 linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3157 support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3158 lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3159 listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3160 and the argument list |arglist|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3161 localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3162 mac Macintosh version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3163 macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3164 menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3165 mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3166 modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3167 mouse Compiled with support mouse.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3168 mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3169 mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3170 mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3171 mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3172 mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3173 mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3174 multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3175 multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3176 multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
14
946da5994c01 updated for version 7.0006
vimboss
parents: 11
diff changeset
3177 mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3178 netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
33
f6033dcbaf31 updated for version 7.0020
vimboss
parents: 32
diff changeset
3179 netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3180 ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3181 os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3182 osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3183 path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3184 perl Compiled with Perl interface.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3185 postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3186 printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3187 python Compiled with Python interface.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3188 qnx QNX version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3189 quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3190 rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3191 ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3192 scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3193 showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3194 signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3195 smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
9
4102fb4ea781 updated for version 7.0002
vimboss
parents: 7
diff changeset
3196 sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3197 statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3198 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3199 sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3200 syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3201 syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3202 current buffer.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3203 system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3204 tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3205 |tag-binary-search|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3206 tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3207 |tag-old-static|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3208 tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3209 files |tag-any-white|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3210 tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3211 terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3212 termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3213 textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3214 tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3215 or terminfo file.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3216 title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3217 toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3218 unix Unix version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3219 user_commands User-defined commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3220 viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3221 vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3222 vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3223 virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3224 visual Compiled with Visual mode.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3225 visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3226 |blockwise-operators|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3227 vms VMS version of Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3228 vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3229 wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3230 wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3231 windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3232 winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3233 win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3234 win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3235 win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3236 win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3237 win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3238 writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3239 xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3240 xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3241 xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3242 xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3243 xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3244 xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3245 xterm screen.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3246 x11 Compiled with X11 support.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3247
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3248 *string-match*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3249 Matching a pattern in a String
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3250
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3251 A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3252 the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3253 everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3254 like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3255 line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3256 with ".". Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3257 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3258 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3259 aa
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3260 xx
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3261 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3262 a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3263 x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3264
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3265 Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3266 "$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3267 "\n".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3269 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3270 5. Defining functions *user-functions*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3271
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3272 New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3273 functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3274 commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3275
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3276 The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3277 builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3278 avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3279 the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3280
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3281 It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3282
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3283 *local-function*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3284 A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3285 can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3286 and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3287 function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3288 instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3289
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3290 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3291 :fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3292
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3293 :fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3294 *E124* *E125*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3295 :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3296 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3297 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3298 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3299 *function-argument* *a:var*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3300 An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3301 function this can then be used as "a:name" ("a:" for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3302 argument).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3303 Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3304 Finally, an argument "..." can be specified, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3305 means that more arguments may be following. In the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3306 function they can be used as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3307 is set to the number of extra arguments (which can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3308 0).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3309 When not using "...", the number of arguments in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3310 function call must be equal to the number of named
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3311 arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3312 may be larger.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3313 It is also possible to define a function without any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3314 arguments. You must still supply the () then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3315 The body of the function follows in the next lines,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3316 until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3317 define another function inside a function body.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3318 *E127* *E122*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3319 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3320 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3321 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3322 is currently being executed, that is an error.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3323 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3324 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3325 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3326 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3327 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3328 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3329 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3330 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3331 abort as soon as an error is detected.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3332 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3333 will not be changed by the function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3334
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3335 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3336 :endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3337 by its own, without other commands.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3338
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3339 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3340 :delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3341
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3342 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3343 :retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3344 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3345 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3346 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3347 the number 0 is returned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3348 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3349 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3350
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3351 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3352 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3353 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3354 are executed first. This process applies to all
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3355 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3356 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3357
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3358
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3359 Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3360 will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3361 accessed with "g:".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3362
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3363 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3364 :function Table(title, ...)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3365 : echohl Title
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3366 : echo a:title
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3367 : echohl None
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3368 : let idx = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3369 : while idx <= a:0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3370 : echo a:{idx} . ' '
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3371 : let idx = idx + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3372 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3373 : return idx
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3374 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3375
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3376 This function can then be called with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3377 let lines = Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3378 let lines = Table("Empty Table")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3379
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3380 To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3381 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3382 : if a:n2 == 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3383 : return "fail"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3384 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3385 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3386 : return "ok"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3387 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3388
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3389 This function can then be called with: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3390 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3391 :if success == "ok"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3392 : echo div
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3393 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3394
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3395 An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3396 with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3397 :function Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3398 : execute Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3399 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3400 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3401
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3402 :function Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3403 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3404 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3405
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3406 The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3407 the caller to set the names.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3408
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3409 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3410 :[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3411 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3412 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3413 used.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3414 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3415 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3416 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3417 function.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3418 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3419 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3420 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3421 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3422 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3423 this works:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3424 *function-range-example* >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3425 :function Mynumber(arg)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3426 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3427 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3428 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3429 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3430 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3431 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3432 the range.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3434 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3435
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3436 :function Cont() range
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3437 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3438 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3439 :4,8call Cont()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3440 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3441 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3442 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3443
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3444 *E132*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3445 The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3446 option.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3448 *autoload-functions*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3449 When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3450 only when they are used. Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3451 pattern that matches the function(s) to be defined. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3452
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3453 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3454
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3455 The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3456 "BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3457
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3458 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3459 6. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3460
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3461 Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3462 This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3463 {} like this: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3464 my_{adjective}_variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3465
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3466 When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3467 that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3468 name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3469 "noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3470 "adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3471
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3472 One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3473 value. For example, the statement >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3474 echo my_{&background}_message
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3475
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3476 would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3477 on the current value of 'background'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3478
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3479 You can use multiple brace pairs: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3480 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3481 ..or even nest them: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3482 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3483 where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3485 However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3486 variable name. e.g. this is invalid: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3487 :let foo='a + b'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3488 :echo c{foo}d
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3489 .. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3490
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3491 *curly-braces-function-names*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3492 You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3493 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3494 :let func_end='whizz'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3495 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3497 This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3498
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3499 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3500 7. Commands *expression-commands*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3501
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3502 :let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3503 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3504 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3505 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3506 is created.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3507
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3508 :let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3509 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3510 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3511
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3512 :let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3513 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3514 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3515 must be the name of a writable register (see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3516 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3517 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3518 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3519 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3520 characterwise.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3521 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3522 :let @/ = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3523 < This is different from searching for an empty string,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3524 that would match everywhere.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3525
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3526 :let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
68
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3528 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3529 always converted to the type of the option.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3530 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3531 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3532 value and the global value is changed.
68
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3533 Example: >
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3534 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3536 :let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3537 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3538 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3539
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3540 :let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3541 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3542 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3543
68
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3544 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack*
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3545 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3546 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3547 {name2}, etc.
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3548 The number of names must match the number of items in
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3549 the List.
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3550 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3551 command as mentioned above.
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3552 Example: >
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3553 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3554
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3555 :let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3556 Like above, but the List may have more items than
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3557 there are names. A list of the remaining items is
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3558 assigned to {lastname}. If there are no remaining
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3559 items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3560 Example: >
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3561 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
a97c6902ecd9 updated for version 7.0030
vimboss
parents: 55
diff changeset
3562 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3563 *E106*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3564 :let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Several
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3565 variable names may be given.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3566
55
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
3567 :let List the values of all variables. The type of the
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
3568 variable is indicated before the value:
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
3569 <nothing> String
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
3570 # Number
225cc00b2eda updated for version 7.0029
vimboss
parents: 37
diff changeset
3571 * Funcref
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3572
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3573 *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3574 :unl[et][!] {var-name} ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3575 Remove the internal variable {var-name}. Several
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3576 variable names can be given, they are all removed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3577 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3578 variables.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3579
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3580 :if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3581 :en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3582 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3583
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3584 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3585 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3586 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3587 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3588 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3589 part was not executed either.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3590
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3591 You can use this to remain compatible with older
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3592 versions: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3593 :if version >= 500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3594 : version-5-specific-commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3595 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3596 < The commands still need to be parsed to find the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3597 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3598 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3599 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3600 avoid problems: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3601 :if version >= 600
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3602 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3603 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3604 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3605 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3606 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3607
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3608 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3609 :el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3610 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3611 executed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3612
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3613 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3614 :elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3615 is no extra ":endif".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3616
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3617 :wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3618 *E170* *E585* *E588*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3619 :endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3620 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3621 When an error is detected from a command inside the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3622 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3623 Example: >
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3624 :let lnum = 1
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3625 :while lnum <= line("$")
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3626 :call FixLine(lnum)
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3627 :let lnum = lnum + 1
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3628 :endwhile
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3629 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3630 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3631 properly inside a :while" and ":for" loop.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3632
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3633 :for {var} in {list} *:for*
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3634 :endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3635 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3636 each item in {list}. {var} is set to the value of the
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3637 item.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3638 When an error is detected from a command inside the
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3639 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3640 A copy of {list} is made, so that it cannot change
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3641 while executing the commands. Example (an inefficient
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3642 way to make a list empty): >
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3643 :for a in mylist
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3644 :call remove(mylist, 0)
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3645 :endfor
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3646 < Note that the type of each list item should be
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3647 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3648 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3649 to allow multiple item types.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3650
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3651 :for {var} in {string}
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3652 :endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string}
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3653 as a list item.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3654 Composing characters are used as separate characters.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3655 A Number is first converted to a String.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3656
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3657 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3658 :endfo[r]
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3659 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3660 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3661 {var2}, etc. Example: >
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3662 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3663 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3664 :endfor
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3665 <
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3666 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3667 :con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3668 to the start of the loop.
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3669 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3670 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3671 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3672 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3673 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3674 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3675
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3676 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
75
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3677 :brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3678 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3679 ":endfor".
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3680 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3681 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3682 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3683 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3684 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
388f285bda1b updated for version 7.0031
vimboss
parents: 68
diff changeset
3685 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3686
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3687 :try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3688 :endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3689 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3690 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3691 or autocommand invocations.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3692
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3693 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3694 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3695 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3696 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3697 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3698 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3699 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3700 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3701 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3702 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3703 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3704 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3705 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3706 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3707 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3708 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3709 processing is not terminated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3710
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3711 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3712 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3713 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3714 other errors are converted to a value of the form
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3715 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3716 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3717 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3718 the error number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3719 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3720 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3721 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3722 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3723 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3724 :cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3725 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3726 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3727 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3728 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3729 commands are skipped.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3730 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3731 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3732 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3733 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3734 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3735 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3736 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3737 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3738 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3739 :catch " same as /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3740 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3741 Another character can be used instead of / around the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3742 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3743 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3744 {pattern}.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3745 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3746 an error message because it may vary in different
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3747 locales.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3748
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3749 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3750 :fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3751 are executed whenever the part between the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3752 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3753 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3754 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3755 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3756
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3757 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3758 :th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3759 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3760 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3761 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3762 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3763 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3764 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3765 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3766 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3767 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3768 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3769 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3770 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3771 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3772 is terminated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3773 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3774 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3775 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3776
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3777 *:ec* *:echo*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3778 :ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3779 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3780 Also see |:comment|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3781 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3782 cursor to the first column.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3783 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3784 Cannot be followed by a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3785 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3786 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3787 < A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3788 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3789 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3790 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3791 command. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3792 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3793 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3794 *:echon*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3795 :echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3796 |:comment|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3797 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3798 Cannot be followed by a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3799 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3800 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3801 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3802 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3803 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3804 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3805 :!echo % --> filename
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3806 < The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3807 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3808 < Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3809 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3810 :echo % --> nothing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3811 < The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3812 :echo "%" --> %
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3813 < This just echoes the '%' character. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3814 :echo expand("%") --> filename
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3815 < This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3816
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3817 *:echoh* *:echohl*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3818 :echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3819 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3820 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3821 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3822 < Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3823 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3824
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3825 *:echom* *:echomsg*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3826 :echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3827 message in the |message-history|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3828 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3829 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3830 displayed, not interpreted.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3831 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3832 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3833 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3834 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3835 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3836 :echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3837 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3838 script or function the line number will be added.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3839 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3840 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3841 the message is raised as an error exception instead
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3842 (see |try-echoerr|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3843 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3844 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3845 < If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3846 And to get a beep: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3847 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3848 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3849 *:exe* *:execute*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3850 :exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3851 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3852 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3853 used as the processed command, command line editing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3854 keys are not recognized.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3855 Cannot be followed by a comment.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3856 Examples: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3857 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3858 :execute "normal " count . "w"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3859 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3860 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3861 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3862 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3863
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3864 < ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3865 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3866 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3867 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3868 < This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3869
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3870 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3871 you cannot start or end a "while" or "if" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3872 Thus this is illegal: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3873 :execute 'while i > 5'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3874 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3875 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3876 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3877 completely in the executed string: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3878 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3879 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3880
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3881 *:comment*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3882 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3883 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3884 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3885 comment. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3886 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3887
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3888 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3889 8. Exception handling *exception-handling*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3890
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3891 The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3892 explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3893
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3894 Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3895 |catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3896 exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3897
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3898
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3899 TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3900
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3901 Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3902 use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3903 a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3904 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3905 |:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3906 a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3907 be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3908 which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3909 clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3910
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3911 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3912 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3913 : ... TRY BLOCK
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3914 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3915 :catch /{pattern}/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3916 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3917 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3918 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3919 :catch /{pattern}/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3920 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3921 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3922 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3923 :finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3924 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3925 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3926 : ...
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3927 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3928
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3929 The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3930 appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3931 from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3932 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3933 is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3934 script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3935 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3936 lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3937 patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3938 after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3939 executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3940 ":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3941 (if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3942 continues in the following line as usual.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3943 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3944 ":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3945 that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3946 finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3947 the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3948 the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3949 see |try-nesting|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3950 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3951 remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3952 not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3953 try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3954 a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3955 execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3956 exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3957 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3958 thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3959 clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3960 catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3961 following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3962 clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3963
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3964 The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3965 a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3966 try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3967 from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3968 sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3969 ":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3970 ":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3971 from the finally clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3972 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3973 try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3974 clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3975 ":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3976 clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3977 ":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3978 this pending exception or command is discarded.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3979
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3980 For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3981
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3982
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3983 NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3984
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3985 Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3986 conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3987 clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3988 catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3989 of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3990 checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3991 try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3992 otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3993 nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3994 one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3995 the inner try conditional.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3996
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3997 When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3998 finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
3999 An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4000 thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4001 implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4002 as usual.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4003
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4004 For examples see |throw-catch|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4005
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4006
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4007 EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4008
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4009 Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4010 'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4011 script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4012 finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4013 a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4014 (see |debug-scripts|).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4015
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4016
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4017 THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4018
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4019 You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4020 and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4021 :throw 4711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4022 :throw "string"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4023 < *throw-expression*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4024 You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4025 first, and the result is thrown: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4026 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4027 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4028
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4029 An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4030 command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4031 The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4032 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4033
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4034 :function! Foo(arg)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4035 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4036 : throw a:arg
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4037 : catch /foo/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4038 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4039 : return 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4040 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4041 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4042 :function! Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4043 : echo "in Bar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4044 : return 4710
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4045 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4046 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4047 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4048
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4049 This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4050 executed. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4051 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4052 however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4053
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4054 Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4055 abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4056 exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4057 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4058
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4059 :if Foo("arrgh")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4060 : echo "then"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4061 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4062 : echo "else"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4063 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4064
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4065 Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4066
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4067 *catch-order*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4068 Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4069 commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4070 command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4071 gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4072 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4073
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4074 :function! Foo(value)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4075 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4076 : throw a:value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4077 : catch /^\d\+$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4078 : echo "Number thrown"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4079 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4080 : echo "String thrown"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4081 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4082 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4083 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4084 :call Foo(0x1267)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4085 :call Foo('string')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4086
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4087 The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4088 An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4089 specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4090 specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4091
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4092 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4093 : echo "String thrown"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4094 : catch /^\d\+$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4095 : echo "Number thrown"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4096
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4097 The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4098 never taken.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4099
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4100 *throw-variables*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4101 If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4102 in the variable |v:exception|: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4103
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4104 : catch /^\d\+$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4105 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4106
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4107 You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4108 |v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4109 exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4110 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4111
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4112 :function! Caught()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4113 : if v:exception != ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4114 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4115 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4116 : echo 'Nothing caught'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4117 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4118 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4119 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4120 :function! Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4121 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4122 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4123 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4124 : throw 4711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4125 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4126 : call Caught()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4127 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4128 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4129 : call Caught()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4130 : throw "oops"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4131 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4132 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4133 : call Caught()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4134 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4135 : call Caught()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4136 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4137 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4138 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4139 :call Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4140
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4141 This displays >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4142
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4143 Nothing caught
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4144 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4145 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4146 Nothing caught
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4147
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4148 A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4149 number in the script or function where it has been used: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4150
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4151 :function! LineNumber()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4152 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4153 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4154 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4155 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4156 *try-nested*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4157 An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4158 a surrounding try conditional: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4159
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4160 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4161 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4162 : throw "foo"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4163 : catch /foobar/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4164 : echo "foobar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4165 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4166 : echo "inner finally"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4167 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4168 :catch /foo/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4169 : echo "foo"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4170 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4171
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4172 The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4173 clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4174 conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4175
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4176 *throw-from-catch*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4177 You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4178 catch clause: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4179
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4180 :function! Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4181 : throw "foo"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4182 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4183 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4184 :function! Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4185 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4186 : call Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4187 : catch /foo/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4188 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4189 : throw "bar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4190 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4191 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4192 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4193 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4194 : call Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4195 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4196 : echo "Caught" v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4197 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4198
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4199 This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4200
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4201 *rethrow*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4202 There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4203 "v:exception" instead: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4204
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4205 :function! Bar()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4206 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4207 : call Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4208 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4209 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4210 : throw v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4211 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4212 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4213 < *try-echoerr*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4214 Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4215 exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4216 Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4217 denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4218 the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4219
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4220 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4221 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4222 : asdf
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4223 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4224 : echoerr v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4225 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4226 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4227 : echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4228 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4229
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4230 This code displays
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4231
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4232 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4233
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4234
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4235 CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4236
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4237 Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4238 user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4239 an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4240 a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4241 catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4242 a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4243 normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4244 (Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4245 to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4246 clause has been executed.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4247 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4248
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4249 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4250 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4251 : set ts=17
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4252 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4253 : " Do the hard work here.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4254 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4255 :finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4256 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4257 : unlet s:saved_ts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4258 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4259
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4260 This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4261 changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4262 that function or script part.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4263
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4264 *break-finally*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4265 Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4266 a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4267 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4268
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4269 :let first = 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4270 :while 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4271 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4272 : if first
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4273 : echo "first"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4274 : let first = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4275 : continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4276 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4277 : throw "second"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4278 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4279 : catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4280 : echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4281 : break
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4282 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4283 : echo "cleanup"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4284 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4285 : echo "still in while"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4286 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4287 :echo "end"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4288
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4289 This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4290
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4291 :function! Foo()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4292 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4293 : return 4711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4294 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4295 : echo "cleanup\n"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4296 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4297 : echo "Foo still active"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4298 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4299 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4300 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4301
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4302 This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4303 extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4304 return value.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4305
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4306 *except-from-finally*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4307 Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4308 a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4309 cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4310 exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4311 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4312 working correctly: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4313
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4314 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4315 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4316 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4317 : while 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4318 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4319 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4320 : unlet novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4321 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4322 :catch /novar/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4323 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4324 :echo "Script still running"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4325 :sleep 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4326
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4327 If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4328 think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4329 |catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4330
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4331
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4332 CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4333
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4334 If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4335 watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4336 presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4337 exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4338 the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4339 the error exception is.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4340 Error exceptions have the following format: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4341
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4342 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4343 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4344 Vim:{errmsg}
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4345
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4346 {cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4347 the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4348 when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4349 a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4350 a space.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4351
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4352 Examples:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4353
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4354 The command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4355 :unlet novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4356 normally produces the error message >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4357 E108: No such variable: "novar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4358 which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4359 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4360
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4361 The command >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4362 :dwim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4363 normally produces the error message >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4364 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4365 which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4366 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4367
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4368 You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4369 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4370 or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4371 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4372
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4373 Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4374 :function nofunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4375 and >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4376 :delfunction nofunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4377 both produce the error message >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4378 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4379 which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4380 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4381 or >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4382 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4383 respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4384 command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4385 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4386
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4387 Some commands like >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4388 :let x = novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4389 produce multiple error messages, here: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4390 E121: Undefined variable: novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4391 E15: Invalid expression: novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4392 Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4393 one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4394 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4395
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4396 You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4397 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4398
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4399 You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4400 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4401
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4402 You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4403 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4404 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4405 *catch-text*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4406 NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4407 :catch /No such variable/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4408 only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4409 a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4410 cite the message text in a comment: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4411 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4412
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4413
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4414 IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4415
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4416 You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4417
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4418 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4419 : write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4420 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4421 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4422
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4423 But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4424 catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4425 be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4426
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4427 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4428
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4429 There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4430 writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4431 then hide the error from the user.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4432 It is much better to use >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4433
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4434 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4435 : write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4436 :catch /^Vim(write):/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4437 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4438
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4439 which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4440 intentionally.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4441
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4442 For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4443 even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4444 command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4445 :silent! nunmap k
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4446 This works also when a try conditional is active.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4447
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4448
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4449 CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4450
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4451 When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4452 the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4453 script is not terminated, then.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4454 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4455
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4456 :function! TASK1()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4457 : sleep 10
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4458 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4459
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4460 :function! TASK2()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4461 : sleep 20
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4462 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4463
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4464 :while 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4465 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4466 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4467 : if command == ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4468 : continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4469 : elseif command == "END"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4470 : break
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4471 : elseif command == "TASK1"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4472 : call TASK1()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4473 : elseif command == "TASK2"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4474 : call TASK2()
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4475 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4476 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4477 : continue
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4478 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4479 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4480 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4481 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4482 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4483 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4484
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4485 You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4486 a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4487
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4488 For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4489 your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4490 command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4491
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4492
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4493 CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4494
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4495 The commands >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4496
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4497 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4498 :catch //
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4499 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4500
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4501 catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4502 explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4503 a script in order to catch unexpected things.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4504 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4505
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4506 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4507 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4508 : " do the hard work here
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4509 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4510 :catch /MyException/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4511 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4512 : " handle known problem
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4513 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4514 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4515 : echo "Script interrupted"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4516 :catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4517 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4518 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4519 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4520 :" end of script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4521
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4522 Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4523 strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4524 specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4525 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4526 by pressing CTRL-C: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4527
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4528 :while 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4529 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4530 : sleep 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4531 : catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4532 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4533 :endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4534
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4535
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4536 EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4537
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4538 Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4539
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4540 :autocmd User x try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4541 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4542 :autocmd User x catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4543 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4544 :autocmd User x endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4545 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4546 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4547 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4548 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4549 : doautocmd User x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4550 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4551 : echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4552 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4553
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4554 This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4555
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4556 *except-autocmd-Pre*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4557 For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4558 command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4559 of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4560 abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4561 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4562
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4563 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4564 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4565 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4566 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4567 : write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4568 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4569 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4570 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4571
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4572 Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4573 you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4574 autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4575 script displays: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4576
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4577 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4578 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4579 *except-autocmd-Post*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4580 For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4581 command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4582 an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4583 is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4584 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4585
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4586 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4587 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4588 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4589 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4590 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4591 : echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4592 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4593
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4594 This just displays: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4595
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4596 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4597
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4598 If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4599 fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4600 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4601
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4602 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4603 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4604 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4605 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4606 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4607 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4608 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4609 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4610 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4611 You can also use ":silent!": >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4612
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4613 :let x = "ok"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4614 :let v:errmsg = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4615 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4616 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4617 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4618 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4619 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4620 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4621 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4622 :echo x
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4623
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4624 This displays "after fail".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4625
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4626 If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4627 autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4628
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4629 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4630 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4631 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4632 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4633 : write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4634 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4635 : echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4636 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4637 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4638 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4639 For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4640 autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4641 of the command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4642 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4643 had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4644 some way. >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4645
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4646 :if !exists("cnt")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4647 : let cnt = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4648 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4649 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4650 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4651 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4652 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4653 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4654 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4655 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4656 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4657 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4658 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4659 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4660 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4661 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4662 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4663 : write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4664 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4665 : if &modified
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4666 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4667 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4668 : echo "Error after writing"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4669 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4670 :catch /^Vim(write):/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4671 : echo "Error on writing"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4672 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4673
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4674 When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4675 first >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4676 File successfully written!
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4677 then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4678 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4679 then >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4680 Error after writing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4681 etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4682
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4683 *except-autocmd-ill*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4684 You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4685 The following code is ill-formed: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4686
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4687 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4688 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4689 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4690 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4691 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4692 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4693 :write
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4694
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4695
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4696 EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4697
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4698 Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4699 pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4700 similar things in Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4701 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4702 class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4703 string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4704 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4705 it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4706 for an error when writing "myfile".
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4707 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4708 base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4709 parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4710 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4712 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4713 : if a:a < 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4714 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4715 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4716 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4717 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4718 :function! Add(a, b)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4719 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4720 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4721 : let c = a:a + a:b
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4722 : if c < 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4723 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4724 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4725 : return c
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4726 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4727 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4728 :function! Div(a, b)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4729 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4730 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4731 : if (a:b == 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4732 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4733 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4734 : return a:a / a:b
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4735 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4736 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4737 :function! Write(file)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4738 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4739 : execute "write" a:file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4740 : catch /^Vim(write):/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4741 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4742 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4743 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4744 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4745 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4746 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4747 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4748 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4749 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4750 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4751 : echo "Range error in" function
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4752 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4753 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4754 : echo "Math error"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4755 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4756 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4757 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4758 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4759 : if file !~ '^/'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4760 : let file = dir . "/" . file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4761 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4762 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4763 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4764 :catch /^EXCEPT/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4765 : echo "Unspecified error"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4766 :
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4767 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4768
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4769 The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4770 a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4771 exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4772 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4773 failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4774
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4775
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4776 PECULIARITIES
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4777 *except-compat*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4778 The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4779 exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4780 and/or a catch clause.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4781
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4782 In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4783 continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4784 after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4785 functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4786 or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4787 (thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4788
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4789 This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4790 immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4791 conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4792 be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4793 termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4794 catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4795 by specifying a finally clause.)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4796
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4797 When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4798 behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4799 scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4800
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4801 However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4802 commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4803 conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4804 script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4805 error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4806 messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4807 |v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4808 not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4809 where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4810 error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4811 scripts.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4812
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4813 *except-syntax-err*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4814 Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4815 the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4816 clauses, however, is executed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4817 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4818
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4819 :try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4820 : try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4821 : throw 4711
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4822 : catch /\(/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4823 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4824 : catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4825 : echo "inner catch-all"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4826 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4827 : echo "inner finally"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4828 : endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4829 :catch
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4830 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4831 : finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4832 : echo "outer finally"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4833 :endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4834
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4835 This displays: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4836 inner finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4837 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4838 outer finally
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4839 The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4840
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4841 *except-single-line*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4842 The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4843 a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4844 "catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4845 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4846 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4847 raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4848 argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4849 error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4850 displayed.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4851
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4852 *except-several-errors*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4853 When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4854 usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4855 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4856 echo novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4857 causes >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4858 E121: Undefined variable: novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4859 E15: Invalid expression: novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4860 The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4861 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4862 < *except-syntax-error*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4863 But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4864 the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4865 Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4866 unlet novar #
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4867 causes >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4868 E108: No such variable: "novar"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4869 E488: Trailing characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4870 The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4871 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4872 This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4873 not intended by the user. Example: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4874 try
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4875 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4876 catch /.*/
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4877 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4878 endtry
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4879 This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4880 a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4881
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4882 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4883 9. Examples *eval-examples*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4884
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4885 Printing in Hex ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4886 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4887 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4888 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4889 : let n = a:nr
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4890 : let r = ""
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4891 : while n
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4892 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4893 : let n = n / 16
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4894 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4895 : return r
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4896 :endfunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4897
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4898 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4899 :" character Hex string.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4900 :func String2Hex(str)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4901 : let out = ''
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4902 : let ix = 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4903 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4904 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4905 : let ix = ix + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4906 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4907 : return out
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4908 :endfunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4909
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4910 Example of its use: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4911 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4912 result: "20" >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4913 :echo String2Hex("32")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4914 result: "3332"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4915
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4916
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4917 Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4918
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4919 Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4920 ":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4921 platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4922 function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4923 with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4924 >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4925 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4926 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4927 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4928 : return -1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4929 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4930 : return 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4931 : else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4932 : return 0
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4933 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4934 :endfunction
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4935
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4936 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4937 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4938 : if (a:start >= a:end)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4939 : return
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4940 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4941 : let partition = a:start - 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4942 : let middle = partition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4943 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4944 : let i = a:start
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4945 : while (i <= a:end)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4946 : let str = getline(i)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4947 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4948 : if (result <= 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4949 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4950 : let partition = partition + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4951 : if (result == 0)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4952 : let middle = partition
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4953 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4954 : if (i != partition)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4955 : let str2 = getline(partition)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4956 : call setline(i, str2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4957 : call setline(partition, str)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4958 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4959 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4960 : let i = i + 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4961 : endwhile
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4962
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4963 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4964 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4965 : " the end of the partition.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4966 : if (middle != partition)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4967 : let str = getline(middle)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4968 : let str2 = getline(partition)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4969 : call setline(middle, str2)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4970 : call setline(partition, str)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4971 : endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4972 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4973 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4974 :endfunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4975
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4976 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4977 :" function that will compare two lines.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4978 :func! Sort(cmp) range
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4979 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4980 :endfunc
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4981
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4982 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4983 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4984 <
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4985 *sscanf*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4986 There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4987 line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4988 how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4989 "foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4990 :" Set up the match bit
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4991 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4992 :"get the part matching the whole expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4993 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4994 :"get each item out of the match
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4995 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4996 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4997 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4998
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
4999 The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5000 "lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5001
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5002 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5003 10. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5004
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5005 When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5006 evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5007 to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5008 recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5009 and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5010 only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5011 recognized.
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5012
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5013 Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5014 missing: >
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5015
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5016 :if 1
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5017 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5018 :else
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5019 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5020 :endif
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5021
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5022 ==============================================================================
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5023 11. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5024
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5025 The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5026 options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5027 these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5028 these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5029 a tags file is executed.
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5030 The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5031
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5032 These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5033 - changing the buffer text
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5034 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5035 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5036 - executing a shell command
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5037 - reading or writing a file
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5038 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
29
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5039 This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5040
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5041 *:san* *:sandbox*
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5042 :sandbox {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5043 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5044 'foldexpr'.
ac33b7c03fac updated for version 7.0018
vimboss
parents: 26
diff changeset
5045
7
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5046
3fc0f57ecb91 updated for version 7.0001
vimboss
parents:
diff changeset
5047 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: